Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2025/2202 of 22 October 2025 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/1434 as regards administrative changes to the Union authorisation for the biocidal product family CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15, and correcting that Regulation

SUMMARY OF PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS FOR A BIOCIDAL PRODUCT FAMILY

ANNEXSupplementary provisions

ANNEX SUMMARY OF PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS FOR A BIOCIDAL PRODUCT FAMILY CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15 Product type(s) PT02: Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals PT04: Food and feed area PT06: Preservatives for products during storage PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems PT12: Slimicides PT13: Working or cutting fluid preservatives Authorisation number : EU-0025449-0000 R4BP asset number : EU-0025449-0000 PART I. FIRST INFORMATION LEVEL 1. ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION 1.1. Family name Name CMIT-MIT Aqueous 1.5-15 1.2. Product type(s) Product type(s) PT02: Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals PT04: Food and feed area PT06: Preservatives for products during storage PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems PT12: Slimicides PT13: Working or cutting fluid preservatives 1.3. Authorisation holder Name and address of the authorisation holder Name MC (Netherlands) 1 B.V. Address Montrealweg 15 3197KH Botlek Rotterdam NL Authorisation number EU-0025449-0000 R4BP asset number EU-0025449-0000 Date of the authorisation 20/09/2022 Expiry date of the authorisation 31/08/2032 1.4. Manufacturer(s) of the product Name of manufacturer AD Productions BV Address of manufacturer Markweg Zuid 27 4794 SN Heijningen, Netherlands (the) Location of manufacturing sites AD Productions BV site 1 Markweg Zuid 27 4794 SN Heijningen, Netherlands (the) Name of manufacturer Jiangsu FOPIA Chemicals Co., Ltd Address of manufacturer Touzeng Village 224555 Binhuai Town, Binhai County, Yancheng City, Jiangsu, China Location of manufacturing sites Jiangsu FOPIA Chemicals Co., Ltd site 1 Touzeng Village 224555 Binhuai Town, Binhai County, Yancheng City, Jiangsu, China Name of manufacturer Acquaflex S.R.L Address of manufacturer Vigano di Gaggiano 20083 Milan, Italy Location of manufacturing sites Acquaflex S.R.L site 1 Vigano di Gaggiano 20083 Milan, Italy Name of manufacturer LABORATORIOS MIRET, S.A. Address of manufacturer Hercules, 18 08228 Terrassa, Barcelona, Spain Location of manufacturing sites LABORATORIOS MIRET, S.A. site 1 Hercules, 18 08228 Terrassa, Barcelona, Spain Name of manufacturer HYDRACHIM Address of manufacturer Route de Saint Poix 35370 LE PERTRE, France Location of manufacturing sites HYDRACHIM site 1 Route de Saint Poix 35370 LE PERTRE, France Name of manufacturer DAXEL srl. Address of manufacturer via Pietro Nenni 8 42048 Rubiera RE, Italy Location of manufacturing sites DAXEL srl. site 1 via Pietro Nenni 8 42048 Rubiera RE, Italy Name of manufacturer Aquatreat Chemical Products Ltd Address of manufacturer Unit 7, Abbey Industrial Estate, 24 Willow Lane CR4 4NA Mitcham, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland (the) Location of manufacturing sites Aquatreat Chemical Products Ltd site 1 Unit 7, Abbey Industrial Estate, 24 Willow Lane CR4 4NA Mitcham, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland (the) Name of manufacturer Flexfill s.r.o. Address of manufacturer Siřejovická 1213 410 02 Lovosice, Czechia Location of manufacturing sites Flexfill s.r.o. site 1 Siřejovická 1213 410 02 Lovosice, Czechia Name of manufacturer Sopura SA Address of manufacturer 199 rue de trazegnies 6180 Courcelles, Belgium Location of manufacturing sites Sopura SA site 1 199 rue de trazegnies 6180 Courcelles, Belgium Name of manufacturer Stenco Industrial Address of manufacturer C/ Gran Vial, 50817 Montornès del Vallès, Barcelona, Spain Location of manufacturing sites Stenco Industrial site 1 C/ Gran Vial, 50817 Montornès del Vallès, Barcelona, Spain Name of manufacturer Veolia WTS France S.A.S. Address of manufacturer 44, Rue Paul Sabatier Z.I. Nord 71530 Crissey, France Location of manufacturing sites Veolia WTS France S.A.S. site 1 44, Rue Paul Sabatier Z.I. Nord 71530 Crissey, France Name of manufacturer QUIPROCALT S.L. Address of manufacturer Calle Lleida, 2 (Pol Ind Empalme) 43712 Llorenç del Penedès. Tarragona, Spain Location of manufacturing sites QUIPROCALT S.L. site 1 Calle Lleida, 2 (Pol Ind Empalme) 43712 Llorenç del Penedès. Tarragona, Spain Name of manufacturer nv Buckman Laboratories Address of manufacturer Wondelgemkaai 159 9000 Gent, Belgium Location of manufacturing sites nv Buckman Laboratories site 1 Wondelgemkaai 159 9000 Gent, Belgium Name of manufacturer N.C.R. Biochemical S.p.A. Address of manufacturer Via dei Carpentieri n.8 40050 Castello d’Argile, Italy Location of manufacturing sites N.C.R. Biochemical S.p.A. site 1 Via dei Carpentieri n.8 40050 Castello d’Argile, Italy Name of manufacturer Alliance Production Address of manufacturer 4 BOULEVARD DEODAT DE SEVERAC 31770 COLOMIERS, France Location of manufacturing sites Alliance Production site 1 4 BOULEVARD DEODAT DE SEVERAC 31770 COLOMIERS, France Name of manufacturer URQUIMIA S.L. Address of manufacturer POL. IND. DE ARASO C/ERREGEOIANA 2G 20305 Irún, Guipúzcoa, Spain Location of manufacturing sites URQUIMIA S.L. site 1 POL. IND. DE ARASO C/ERREGEOIANA 2G 20305 Irún, Guipúzcoa, Spain Name of manufacturer Kalon Mantenimiento Industrial S.A. Address of manufacturer Avenida de la Industria 4 28823 Coslada, Madrid, Spain Location of manufacturing sites Kalon Mantenimiento Industrial S.A. site 1 Avenida de la Industria 4 28823 Coslada, Madrid, Spain Name of manufacturer Filtrotech Sarl Address of manufacturer Route des Jeunes 5D 1227 Les Acacias / Genève, Switzerland Location of manufacturing sites Filtrotech Sarl site 1 Route des Jeunes 5D 1227 Les Acacias / Genève, Switzerland Name of manufacturer Helamin France Sarl Address of manufacturer Le Technoparc, 135 rue Thomas-Edison 01630 Saint Genis Pouilly, France Location of manufacturing sites Helamin France Sarl site 1 Le Technoparc, 135 rue Thomas-Edison 01630 Saint Genis Pouilly, France Name of manufacturer Odyssée Environnement Address of manufacturer Z.A de la Belle Croix 72510 Requeil, France Location of manufacturing sites Odyssée Environnement site 1 Z.A de la Belle Croix 72510 Requeil, France Name of manufacturer MSGA SERVIVAP Address of manufacturer 50 Rue Jean Zay Bâtiment D1 69800 ST PRIEST, France Location of manufacturing sites MSGA SERVIVAP site 1 50 Rue Jean Zay Bâtiment D1 69800 ST PRIEST, France Name of manufacturer TECNA ACONDICIONAMIENTOS DE AGUA S.A Address of manufacturer Letxumborro Hiribidea,52 20305 Irun, Guipúzcoa, Spain Location of manufacturing sites TECNA ACONDICIONAMIENTOS DE AGUA S.A site 1 Letxumborro Hiribidea,52 20305 Irun, Guipúzcoa, Spain Name of manufacturer h2o facilities sa Address of manufacturer av. des Grandes-Communes 8 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy, France Location of manufacturing sites h2o facilities sa site 1 av. des Grandes-Communes 8 CH-1213 Petit-Lancy, France Name of manufacturer FUPINAX S.L. Address of manufacturer Polígono Industrial El Saladar I, C/ Molina, Nave 4 30564 Lorquí, Spain Location of manufacturing sites FUPINAX S.L. site 1 Polígono Industrial El Saladar I, C/ Molina, Nave 4 30564 Lorquí, Spain Name of manufacturer Tresch/ chassieu Address of manufacturer 3 Rue Blaise Pascal 69680 Chassieu, France Location of manufacturing sites Tresch/ chassieu site 1 3 Rue Blaise Pascal 69680 Chassieu, France Name of manufacturer DUPUY Address of manufacturer 42 Rue Saint Martin 08400 Quatre Champs, France Location of manufacturing sites DUPUY site 1 42 Rue Saint Martin 08400 Quatre Champs, France Name of manufacturer Veolia Water Technologies & Solutions Belgium BVBA Address of manufacturer Toekomstlaan 54, Industriepark Wolfstee 2200 HERENTALS, Belgium Location of manufacturing sites Veolia Water Technologies & Solutions Belgium BVBA site 1 Toekomstlaan 54, Industriepark Wolfstee 2200 HERENTALS, Belgium Name of manufacturer Buckman Laboratories (Pty)Ltd Address of manufacturer 1 Buckman Boulevard 3700 Hammarsdale, South Africa Location of manufacturing sites Buckman Laboratories (Pty)Ltd site 1 1 Buckman Boulevard 3700 Hammarsdale, South Africa Name of manufacturer EAUTEX Address of manufacturer 28 RUE KELLERMANN 59100 ROUBAIX, France Location of manufacturing sites EAUTEX site 1 28 RUE KELLERMANN 59100 ROUBAIX, France Name of manufacturer Hydrogel-Chemie Wasseraufbereitungs-Gesellschaft mbH Address of manufacturer Zur Mersch 19 59457 Werl, Germany Location of manufacturing sites Hydrogel-Chemie Wasseraufbereitungs-Gesellschaft mbH site 1 Zur Mersch 19 59457 Werl, Germany Name of manufacturer sceo Address of manufacturer ZA PECHNAUQUIE SUD 31340 VILLEMR SUR TARN, France Location of manufacturing sites sceo site 1 ZA PECHNAUQUIE SUD 31340 VILLEMR SUR TARN, France Name of manufacturer Nutrition & Biosciences (Switzerland) GmbH Address of manufacturer Wolleraustrasse 15-17 CH-8807 Freienbach, Switzerland Location of manufacturing sites Nutrition & Biosciences (Switzerland) GmbH site 1 Haven 1931 Geslecht 9130 Kallo, Belgium Nutrition & Biosciences (Switzerland) GmbH site 2 Madoerastraat 10 3199 KR Maasvlakte Rotterdam, Netherlands (the) Name of manufacturer Theseo Deutschland GmbH Address of manufacturer Kolpingstrasse 4 49835 Wietmarschen Germany Location of manufacturing sites Theseo Deutschland GmbH site 1 Kolpingstrasse 4 49835 Wietmarschen Germany 1.5. Manufacturer(s) of the active substance(s) Active substance C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Name of manufacturer Jiangsu FOPIA Chemicals Co., Ltd Address of manufacturer Touzeng Village 224555 Binhuai Town, Binhai County, Yancheng City, Jiangsu, China Location of manufacturing sites Jiangsu FOPIA Chemicals Co., Ltd site 1 Touzeng Village 224555 Binhuai Town, Binhai County, Yancheng City, Jiangsu, China Active substance C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Name of manufacturer Dalian Bio-chem Company Limited Address of manufacturer No 18, Mubai Road, Songmudao Chemical Industry Park, PuWan New District, Liaoning Province 116308 Dalian China Location of manufacturing sites Dalian Bio-chem Company Limited site 1 No 18, Mubai Road, Songmudao Chemical Industry Park, PuWan New District, Liaoning Province 116308 Dalian China 2. PRODUCT FAMILY COMPOSITION AND FORMULATION 2.1. Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the family Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,2 - 20,9 % (w/w) 2.2. Type(s) of formulation Formulation type(s) AL Any other liquid PART II. SECOND INFORMATION LEVEL META SPC(S) 1. META SPC 1 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION 1.1. Meta SPC 1 identifier Identifier Meta SPC: meta-SPC 1 KATHON 13-15 Mg 1.2. Suffix to the authorisation number Number 1-1 1.3. Product type(s) Product type(s) PT02: Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals PT04: Food and feed area PT06: Preservatives for products during storage PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems PT12: Slimicides PT13: Working or cutting fluid preservatives 2. META SPC 1 COMPOSITION 2.1. Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the meta SPC 1 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 18,8 - 20,9 % (w/w) 2.2. Type(s) of formulation of the meta SPC 1 Formulation type(s) AL Any other liquid 3. HAZARD AND PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS OF THE META SPC 1 Hazard statements H302+H332: Harmful if swallowed or if inhaled. H311: Toxic in contact with skin. H314: Causes severe skin burns and eye damage. H317: May cause an allergic skin reaction. H410: Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects. H290: May be corrosive to metals. EUH071: Corrosive to the respiratory tract. Precautionary statements P260: Do not breathe fume. P264: Wash skin thoroughly after handling. P270: Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product. P271: Use only outdoors or in a well-ventilated area. P272: Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace. P273: Avoid release to the environment. P280: Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face protection/ hearing protection . P330: Rinse mouth. P302+P352: IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of water. P362+P364: Take off contaminated clothing and wash it before reuse. P301+P312: IF SWALLOWED: Call a Poison Center or doctor if you feel unwell. P333+P313: If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice. P301+P330+P331: IF SWALLOWED: rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting. P303+P361+P353: IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water [or shower]. P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing. P310: Immediately call a Poison Center / doctor . P305+P351+P338: IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P391: Collect spillage. P405: Store locked up. P234: Keep only in original packaging. P390: Absorb spillage to prevent material damage. P406: Store in a corrosion-resistant container with a resistant inner liner. 4. AUTHORISED USE(S) OF THE META SPC 4.1. Use description Table 1 Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems. Product type PT02: Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including L. pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: algae Development stage: no data Field(s) of use outdoor use Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems. Air conditioning systems and in air washer systems to preserve the sump water. Air washer systems are used extensively in textile factories and in the tobacco industry to scrub or clean the air and for fine control of temperature and humidity. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Automatic and Manual Dosing The biocidal product is typically added in a central chilled water sump which supplies several air washers. The loading process may be conducted either manually or by automation. In the automated process, the biocide is metered directly into the sump from a holding tank or other type of bulk container by a dosimeter (pump). The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi. When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated - Number and timing of application: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Contact time of 1 hour. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated. Regardless of the manner of treatment, the total concentration of the active ingredient C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in the system should not exceed 14,9 mg/L in the sump water. Preliminary steps prior to addition: The biocidal product is automatically dosed to the system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of the biocidal product into the dosing systems. Application Frequency: Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — High Density Poly Ethylene (HDPE) flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE Intermediate bulk container (IBC): 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.1.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice. 4.1.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of personal protective equipment (PPE) and application of technical and organisational risk mitigation measures (RMM): — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.1.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.1.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.1.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.2. Use description Table 2 Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers Product type PT04: Food and feed area Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers The biocidal product is used for the preservation of process fluids in pasteurisers and conveyor belts used in food industry. The biocidal product is used in these systems to either control or kill bacteria and fungi. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Automated dosing The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Contact time of 1 hour. Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated. Preliminary steps prior to addition: The biocidal product is automatically dosed to system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of containers containing the biocidal product into the dosing systems. Application Frequency: Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.2.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice. 4.2.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.2.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.2.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.2.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.3. Use description Table 3 Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water Product type PT04: Food and feed area Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water The C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal product is recommended for controlling biological growth in off-line trains reverse osmosis membranes producing potable water for extended periods of time. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. It is recommended that fouled membranes be cleaned prior to shut-down and preservation. Please refer to RO /NF supplier manual for membrane cleaning and system shutdown procedures. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time. Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with the permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water - Number and timing of application: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.3.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — Prior to taking the membranes back on-line, flush carefully the elements with permeate water in order to eliminate all the residual biocidal product. 4.3.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the whole system, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.3.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.3.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.3.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.4. Use description Table 4 Preservation of paints and coatings Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of paints and coatings (including electrodeposition) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in coatings applied by an electrodeposition process and associated rinse systems and in water-based paints and coatings in storage containers before use. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.4.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. 4.4.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (Mixing and Loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 to be added in paints used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.4.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.4.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.4.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.5. Use description Table 5 Preservation of detergents and household products Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of detergents (washing and cleaning fluids) and household products. The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in detergents and cleaning fluids (i.e. hard surface cleaners (all-purpose cleaners), hand dish washing products, fabric softeners, laundry detergents), products used for car care, floor care, waxes, hard surface cleaners, pre-moistened sponges or mops, and the surfactants used in these types of products. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional and general public uses: 6-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Institutional and Household products: (detergents, cleaners, softeners, etc.) Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional and general public uses: 6-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.5.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. 4.5.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 to be added in detergents and household products used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.5.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.5.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.5.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.6. Use description Table 6 Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - Curative treatment Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria in textile additives (woven and non-woven, natural and synthetic including silicone emulsions) processing chemicals, all chemicals used in the leather process industry and paper additives (e.g. water pigment pastes, starch, natural gums, synthetic and natural latexes, sizing agents, coating binders, retention aids, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, wet-strength resins) used in paper mills. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Curative treatment: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product Contact time: 24 hours For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.6.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.6.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.6.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.6.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.6.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.7. Use description Table 7 Preservation of glues and adhesives Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of glues and adhesives The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in water-soluble and water-dispersed synthetic and natural adhesives and tackifiers in storage containers before use Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.7.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.7.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of glues and adhesives being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.7.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.7.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.7.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.8. Use description Table 8 Preservation of polymer lattices Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of polymer latexes The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in the manufacture, storage, and transport of latexes, synthetic polymers including Hydrolysed Poly Acryl Amide (HPAM) and biopolymers (e.g. xanthan, dextran..) natural latexes. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.8.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.8.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of polymer lattices being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.8.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.8.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.8.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.9. Use description Table 9 Preservation of biocides and fertilizers Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of biocides and fertilizers The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in fertilizers and biocidal products. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.9.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.9.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of biocides and fertilizers being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.9.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.9.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.9.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.10. Use description Table 10 Preservation of mineral slurries Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of mineral slurries The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in aqueous-based inorganic/mineral slurries and inorganic pigments which are formulated into paints, coatings and paper. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.10.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.10.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of mineral slurries being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.10.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.10.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.10.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.11. Use description Table 11 Preservation of building products applied indoor only Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of building (construction) products (including sealants, caulks, plasters etc.) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in building (construction) products (sealants, caulks, biopolymers, plasters, fillers, admixtures concrete additives, joints compounds,..). Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.11.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.11.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — This use is restricted to the preservation of building material applied indoor only. — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of building products being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.11.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.11.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.11.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.12. Use description Table 12 Preservation of electronic chemicals – Curative treatment Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of electronic chemicals The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria, yeasts and fungi in electronic chemicals as Chemical Mechanical Polishing (CMP) silica slurries. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 10-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses Curative treatment: 10-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. Contact time: 7 days For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.12.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.12.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of electronic chemicals being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.12.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.12.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.12.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.13. Use description Table 13 Preservation of inks Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of inks The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in inks and ink components (printing inks lithographic, photographic, ink-jet fluids, water based dampening or fountain solutions inks used for textile printing). The biocidal product inhibits the growth of microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odour formation, viscosity alteration, product discolouration and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.13.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.13.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of inks being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.13.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.13.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.13.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.14. Use description Table 14 Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives) Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in functional fluids such as brake and hydraulic fluids, antifreeze additives, corrosion inhibitors, spinning fluids. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.14.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.14.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc…) being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.14.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.14.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.14.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.15. Use description Table 15 Preservation of laboratory reagents Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of laboratory reagents . The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in laboratory reagents. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 1 L — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.15.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.15.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of laboratory reagents being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.15.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.15.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.15.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.16. Use description Table 16 Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria of reverse osmosis and nanofiltration membranes producing industrial water for extended periods of time. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to ensure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time. Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1). - Number and timing of application: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1). Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.16.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. 4.16.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures Rinse the system with water prior to perform the maintenance of the system. — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.16.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.16.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.16.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.17. Use description Table 17 Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems (Closed re-circulating cooling water systems comprise compressor cooling, air conditioning chilled water, boilers, engine jacket cooling, power supply cooling, and other industrial processes). The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobes and anaerobes bacteria, yeast, fungi, and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours - against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours.- against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative efficacy: — against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours Preventive efficacy: against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.17.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.17.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.17.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.17.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.17.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.18. Use description Table 18 Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria) Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems (blowdown and recirculating flow rates, as well as total volume of water limited to 2 m3/h, and 100 m3/h and 300 m3 respectively) Process and cooling water: Used to control the growth of bacteria, algae, fungi and biofilm Application method(s) Method: open system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. . Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water , - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against fungi (including yeast) at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: - Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: — Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. — against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive treatment: — against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.18.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.18.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Cooling fluid must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. — The product can only be used when the cooling towers are equipped with drift eliminators that reduce the drift at least by 99%. 4.18.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.18.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.18.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.19. Use description Table 19. Preservation of liquids used in pasteurizers, conveyor belts and air washers Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria) Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in non-food pasteurizers and conveyor belts, air washers. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). The feeding pipe is used to dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: -against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. — against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive treatment: — Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.19.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. Air washers: For use only in industrial air-washer systems that maintain effective mist eliminating components. 4.19.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.19.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.19.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.19.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.20. Use description Table 20 Preservation of wood treatment solutions Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: fungi Common name: other Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of wood treatment solutions for application on wood of classes 1, 2 and 3 only. The biocidal product is used as a preservative for aqueous wood preservative treatment solution during the wet-state process used in timber treatment solutions. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.20.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. — The biocidal product is not intended to function as a wood preservative against wood destroying fungus relative to product type 8. 4.20.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning phases, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The product shall not be used in a wood treatment solution to be applied to wood which may come in direct contact with food, feeding stuff and livestock animals — The product can be used to preserve wood treatment solutions for the treatment of wood in use classes 1, 2 and 3 only. — The product can be used in a wood treatment solution where the industrial application processes of wood treatment can be carried out within a contained area situated on impermeable hard standing with bunding to prevent run-off and a recovery system in place (e.g. sump). — The product can be used in wood treatment solutions for the preservation of freshly treated timber, which after treatment is stored under shelter or on impermeable hard standing, or both, to prevent direct losses to soil, sewer or water. Any losses of wood treatment solution shall be collected for reuse or disposal. — The product can be used only in wood treatment solutions for industrial application if these cannot be released to soil, ground- and surface water or any kind of sewer and the wood treatment solutions and/or the product are collected and reused or disposed of as hazardous waste. — The biocidal product can be used only in wood treatment solutions used for the treatment of objects or materials which are stored until completely dried on impermeable ground and under roof, to avoid leakage into the soil. 4.20.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.20.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.20.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.21. Use description Table 21 Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile and fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile, fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal products are used for the preservation of textile and spinning fluids, photo processing solutions, leather process (e.g. washing and soaking treatment stages) and printing fountain solutions to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination in the bulk solution. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing.The preservation of all end-products is performed in most cases highly automated by industrial usersThe biocidal product is added to the central sump, basin or recirculating lines in an area with adequate mixing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid Contact time 5 days Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.21.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.21.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Liquids used in textile and fiber processing fluids must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. — Recirculating liquids in photoprocessing systems and fountain solution systems must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. 4.21.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.21.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.21.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.22. Use description Table 22 Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems. The biocidal product is used for preservation of fluids in pre- treatment processes (Cleaning treatment for grease removal and soil, degreasing Phosphating process, Rinse off tanks) paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems (e.g. cataphoretic baths) applied in Car Refinishing and Original equipment Car Manufacturing to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination from bacteria and fungi in the bulk solution. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product. - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product. The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.22.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.22.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.22.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.22.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.22.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.23. Use description Table 23 Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (anaerobes and aerobes (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework. Pre-commission biocide flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. Closed recirculating heating systems: pre-commission biocidal product flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, fungi and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems. Closed systems are less susceptible to corrosion, scaling and biological fouling than open systems. However microbial problems can occur, if the system is left filled and untreated. This is due to the presence of nitrite and glycols used as nutrients by microbes. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing. The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit the evaporation of the biocidal product. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment - against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) - against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Preventive treatment - against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: — against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 24 hours — against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours Preventive treatment — against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water and against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.23.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.23.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.23.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.23.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.23.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.24. Use description Table 24 Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.) Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use outdoor use Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.) Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.24.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.24.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.24.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.24.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.24.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.25. Use description Table 25 Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper. Recycling paper /deinking paper mills. Deinking process is a manufacturing paper process of removing printing inks from waste paper-fibers to produce deinked pulp. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product is automatically dosed by pump and fixed pipes into the circuit, usually in the pulper below the water level. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated Contact time: 24 hours Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.25.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.25.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.25.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.25.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.25.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.26. Use description Table 26 Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of paper manufacturing process Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process (paper mills, wet-end stage (water circuits), and paper mills process system). Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated Contact time: 24 hours Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.26.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.26.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The use of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) containing products for the slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process is restricted to (a) curative treatments in plants connected to a slimicide-free water from a pulp mill and only for the treatment of the short circulation of the paper mill; and (b) preventive treatments, and, for both cases, only if the factory’s waste water is purified in an on-site (full) industrial sewage treatment plant with a minimal capacity of 5 000 m 3 per day as described in the Industrial Emission Directive 2010/75/EU (Best Available Techniques for the production of pulp, paper and board) and if a dilution of at least 200 times in surface water is achieved after the industrial sewage treatment plant. 4.26.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.26.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.26.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.27. Use description Table 27 Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing.Biocidal product application on a routine basis will prevent biofilm growth on Reverse Osmosis or Nano Filtration membrane surfaces, feed spacer, filter media and pipework. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the feed water at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.27.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.27.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. 4.27.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.27.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.27.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.28. Use description Table 28 Products to control microbial deterioration in fluids used for working or cutting metal, glass or other materials Product type PT13: Working or cutting fluid preservatives Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Products to control microbial deterioration in fluids used for working or cutting metal, glass or other materials The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and fungi in fluids used for metalworking fluids (cutting, grinding, rolling, drawing, etc.) metal surface treatment (aqueous multipurpose and de-watering rust cleaner fluids, etc.) and cutting fluids for glass or other materials. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. Preventive treatment: When control is obtained, adding 10 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. Contact time: 24h Preventive treatment: When control is obtained, adding 10 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.28.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.28.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.28.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.28.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.28.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 5. GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF THE META SPC 1 5.1. Instructions for use — The duration of the effect is dependent on the performance requirements of the customer for their preserved material and on the specific ingredients composition and pH of the preserved product. — Always read the label or leaflet before use and follow all the instructions provided. — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.) PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORT: Keep in a well-ventilated place. The product as supplied may evolve gas (largely carbon dioxide) slowly. To prevent the buildup of pressure the product is packaged in specially vented containers, where necessary. Keep this product in the original container when not in use. Container must be stored and transported in an upright position to prevent spilling the contents through the vent, where fitted. 5.2. Risk mitigation measures - 5.3. Particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment — Skin contact: Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash contaminated skin with water. Contact poison treatment specialist if symptoms occur. — Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Check for and remove any contact lenses if easy to do. Continue to rinse with tepid water for at least 30 minutes. Call 112/ambulance for medical assistance. — Ingestion: Wash out mouth with water. Contact poison treatment specialist. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been ingested. Do not give fluids or induce vomiting. — Inhalation (of spray mist): Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been inhaled. — In case of impaired consciousness place in recovery position and seek medical advice immediately. — Keep the container or label available. 5.4. Instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging — Do not discharge unused product on the ground, into water courses, into pipes (e.g. sink, toilets) nor down the drains. — Dispose of unused product, its packaging and all other waste, in accordance with local regulations. 5.5. Conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place, in the original container. Protect from frost Shelf-life: 24 months Protect from sunlight. Recommendation: If a metal packaging is used, a varnish layer should be applied. 6. OTHER INFORMATION - 7. THIRD INFORMATION LEVEL: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS IN THE META SPC 1 7.1. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ WT BIOCIDE Market area: EU KATHON™ WT Market area: EU KATHON™LX BIOCIDE Market area: EU KATHON™ LX Market area: EU KATHON™ LX Microbicide Market area: EU KATHON™886MW BIOCIDE Market area: EU KATHON™ 886 F BIOCIDE Market area: EU Bansan 160 Market area: EU Biocide KT1400WT Market area: EU Biocide KT1400LX Market area: EU Biocide KT1400MW Market area: EU KT1400MW Market area: EU KT1400WT Market area: EU Hydrex™ 7320 Market area: EU MIRECIDE-KW/650 Market area: EU obbio211 Market area: EU AQUACIDE C 140 Market area: EU AQUACIDE C 15 Market area: EU AQUACIDE C 21 Market area: EU AQUACIDE C 30 Market area: EU BAC 416 Market area: EU BIOSTOP 140 Market area: EU BIOSTOP 15 Market area: EU BIOSTOP 21 Market area: EU BIOSTOP 30 Market area: EU CAT 3693 Market area: EU GWC 3363 Market area: EU GWC 3630 Market area: EU GWE 3693 Market area: EU IWC BACTERICIDE 416 Market area: EU Isocil® 14 Market area: EU France Algue 232 Market area: EU KT1400LX Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0001 1-1 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 20,3 % (w/w) 7.2. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ CF 1400 BIOCIDE Market area: EU Biocide KT1400 Market area: EU KT1400 Market area: EU “hygel“ KW 60 B ATESTEO Market area: EU Isocil® Ultra 14 Market area: EU MK3201 Market area: EU FINEAMIN Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0002 1-1 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 20,5 % (w/w) 1. META SPC 2 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION 1.1. Meta SPC 2 identifier Identifier Meta SPC: meta-SPC 2 KATHON 13-15 Na 1.2. Suffix to the authorisation number Number 1-2 1.3. Product type(s) Product type(s) PT06: Preservatives for products during storage 2. META SPC 2 COMPOSITION 2.1. Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the meta SPC 2 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 18,8 - 20,9 % (w/w) 2.2. Type(s) of formulation of the meta SPC 2 Formulation type(s) AL Any other liquid 3. HAZARD AND PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS OF THE META SPC 2 Hazard statements H290: May be corrosive to metals. H302+H332: Harmful if swallowed or if inhaled. H311: Toxic in contact with skin. H314: Causes severe skin burns and eye damage. H317: May cause an allergic skin reaction. H410: Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects. EUH071: Corrosive to the respiratory tract. Precautionary statements P260: Do not breathe fume. P264: Wash skin thoroughly after handling. P270: Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product. P271: Use only outdoors or in a well-ventilated area. P272: Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace. P273: Avoid release to the environment. P280: Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face protection/ hearing protection . P330: Rinse mouth. P302+P352: IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of water. P362+P364: Take off contaminated clothing and wash it before reuse. P301+P312: IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER or doctor if you feel unwell. P333+P313: If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice. P301+P330+P331: IF SWALLOWED: rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting. P303+P361+P353: IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water [or shower]. P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing. P310: Immediately call a POISON CENTER/ doctor . P305+P351+P338: IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P391: Collect spillage. P405: Store locked up. P234: Keep only in original packaging. P390: Absorb spillage to prevent material damage. P406: Store in a corrosion-resistant container with a resistant inner liner. 4. AUTHORISED USE(S) OF THE META SPC 4.1. Use description Table 1 Preservation of paints and coatings Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of paints and coatings (including electrodeposition) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in coatings applied by an electrodeposition process and associated rinse systems and in water-based paints and coatings in storage containers before use. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.1.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. 4.1.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (Mixing and Loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 to be added in paints used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.1.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.1.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.1.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.2. Use description Table 2 Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - Curative treatment Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production – The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria in textile additives (woven and non-woven, natural and synthetic including silicone emulsions) processing chemicals, all chemicals used in the leather process industry and paper additives (e.g. water pigment pastes, starch, natural gums, synthetic and natural latexes, sizing agents, coating binders, retention aids, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, wet-strength resins) used in paper mills. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Curative treatment: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product Contact time: 24 hours For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.2.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.2.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.2.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.2.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.2.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.3. Use description Table 3 Preservation of glues and adhesives Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of glues and adhesives The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in water-soluble and water-dispersed synthetic and natural adhesives and tackifiers in storage containers before use Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.3.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.3.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of glues and adhesives being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.3.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.3.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.3.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.4. Use description Table 4 Preservation of polymer lattices Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of polymer latexes The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in the manufacture, storage, and transport of latexes, synthetic polymers including Hydrolysed Poly Acryl Amide (HPAM) and biopolymers (e.g. xanthan, dextran..) natural latexes. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.4.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.4.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of polymer lattices being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.4.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.4.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.4.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.5. Use description Table 5 Preservation of mineral slurries Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of mineral slurries The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in aqueous-based inorganic/mineral slurries and inorganic pigments which are formulated into paints, coatings and paper. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.5.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.5.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of mineral slurries being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.5.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.5.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.5.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.6. Use description Table 6 Preservation of building products applied indoor only Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of building (construction) products (including sealants, caulks, plasters etc.) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in building (construction) products (sealants, caulks, biopolymers, plasters, fillers, admixtures concrete additives, joints compounds,..). Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.6.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.6.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — This use is restricted to the preservation of building material applied indoor only. — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of building products being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.6.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.6.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.6.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.7. Use description Table 7 Preservation of inks Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of inks The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in inks and ink components (printing inks lithographic, photographic, ink-jet fluids, water based dampening or fountain solutions inks used for textile printing). The biocidal product inhibits the growth of microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odour formation, viscosity alteration, product discolouration and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.7.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.7.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of inks being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.7.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.7.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.7.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.8. Use description Table 8 Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives) Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in functional fluids such as brake and hydraulic fluids, antifreeze additives, corrosion inhibitors, spinning fluids. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.8.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.8.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc…) being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.8.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.8.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.8.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 5. GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF THE META SPC 2 5.1. Instructions for use — The duration of the effect is dependent on the performance requirements of the customer for their preserved material and on the specific ingredients composition and pH of the preserved product. — Always read the label or leaflet before use and follow all the instructions provided. — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.) PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORT: Keep in a well-ventilated place. The product as supplied may evolve gas (largely carbon dioxide) slowly. To prevent the buildup of pressure the product is packaged in specially vented containers, where necessary. Keep this product in the original container when not in use. Container must be stored and transported in an upright position to prevent spilling the contents through the vent, where fitted. 5.2. Risk mitigation measures - 5.3. Particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment — Skin contact: Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash contaminated skin with water. Contact poison treatment specialist if symptoms occur. — Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Check for and remove any contact lenses if easy to do. Continue to rinse with tepid water for at least 30 minutes. Call 112/ambulance for medical assistance. — Ingestion: Wash out mouth with water. Contact poison treatment specialist. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been ingested. Do not give fluids or induce vomiting. — Inhalation (of spray mist): Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been inhaled. — In case of impaired consciousness place in recovery position and seek medical advice immediately. — Keep the container or label available. 5.4. Instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging — Do not discharge unused product on the ground, into water courses, into pipes (e.g. sink, toilets) nor down the drains. — Dispose of unused product, its packaging and all other waste, in accordance with local regulations. 5.5. Conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place, in the original container. Protect from frost Shelf-life: 6 months Protect from sunlight. Recommendation: If a metal packaging is used, a varnish layer should be applied. 6. OTHER INFORMATION - 7. THIRD INFORMATION LEVEL: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS IN THE META SPC 2 7.1. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ LX 1400 Biocide Market area: EU KATHON™ LX 1400 Market area: EU AQUACIDE C 15 P Market area: EU AQUACIDE C 21 P Market area: EU AQUACIDE C 30 P Market area: EU AQUACIDE C 140 P Market area: EU BAC 416 P Market area: EU BIOSTOP 140 P Market area: EU BIOSTOP 15 P Market area: EU BIOSTOP 21 P Market area: EU BIOSTOP 30 P Market area: EU CAT 3693 P Market area: EU GWC 3363 P Market area: EU GWC 3630 P Market area: EU GWE 3693 P Market area: EU IWC BACTERICIDE 416 P Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0003 1-2 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 20,5 % (w/w) 1. META SPC 3 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION 1.1. Meta SPC 3 identifier Identifier Meta SPC: meta-SPC 3 KATHON 1.5-4.5 Mg 1.2. Suffix to the authorisation number Number 1-3 1.3. Product type(s) Product type(s) PT02: Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals PT04: Food and feed area PT06: Preservatives for products during storage PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems PT12: Slimicides PT13: Working or cutting fluid preservatives 2. META SPC 3 COMPOSITION 2.1. Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the meta SPC 3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,2 - 6,5 % (w/w) 2.2. Type(s) of formulation of the meta SPC 3 Formulation type(s) AL Any other liquid 3. HAZARD AND PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS OF THE META SPC 3 Hazard statements H332: Harmful if inhaled. H314: Causes severe skin burns and eye damage. H317: May cause an allergic skin reaction. H410: Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects. H290: May be corrosive to metals. H302: Harmful if swallowed. EUH071: Corrosive to the respiratory tract. Precautionary statements P260: Do not breathe fume. P264: Wash skin thoroughly after handling. P270: Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product. P272: Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace. P273: Avoid release to the environment. P280: Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face protection/ hearing protection . P362+P364: Take off contaminated clothing and wash it before reuse. P333+P313: If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice. P301+P330+P331: IF SWALLOWED: rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting. P303+P361+P353: IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water [or shower]. P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing. P310: Immediately call a POISON CENTER/ doctor . P305+P351+P338: IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P391: Collect spillage. P405: Store locked up. P234: Keep only in original packaging. P301+P312: IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER/ doctor if you feel unwell. P406: Store in a corrosion-resistant container with a resistant inner liner. P390: Absorb spillage to prevent material damage. 4. AUTHORISED USE(S) OF THE META SPC 4.1. Use description Table 1 Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems. Product type PT02: Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: algae Development stage: no data Field(s) of use outdoor use Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems. Air conditioning systems and in air washer systems to preserve the sump water. Air washer systems are used extensively in textile factories and in the tobacco industry to scrub or clean the air and for fine control of temperature and humidity. Application method(s) Method: Open and closed Systems Detailed description: Automatic and Manual Dosing The biocidal product is typically added in a central chilled water sump which supplies several air washers. The loading process may be conducted either manually or by automation. In the automated process, the biocide is metered directly into the sump from a holding tank or other type of bulk container by a dosimeter (pump). The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi. When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated - Number and timing of application: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Contact time of 1 hour. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated. Regardless of the manner of treatment, the total concentration of the active ingredient C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in the system should not exceed 14,9 mg/L in the sump water. Preliminary steps prior to addition: The biocidal product is automatically dosed to the system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of the biocidal product into the dosing systems. Application Frequency: Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.1.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice. 4.1.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.1.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.1.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.1.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.2. Use description Table 2 Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers Product type PT04: Food and feed area Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers The biocidal product is used for the preservation of process fluids in pasteurisers and conveyor belts used in food industry. The biocidal product is used in these systems to either control or kill bacteria and fungi. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Automated dosing The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Contact time of 1 hour. Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated. Preliminary steps prior to addition: The biocidal product is automatically dosed to system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of containers containing the biocidal product into the dosing systems. Application Frequency: Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.2.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice. 4.2.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.2.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.2.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.2.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.3. Use description Table 3 Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water Product type PT04: Food and feed area Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water The C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal product is recommended for controlling biological growth in off-line trains reverse osmosis membranes producing potable water for extended periods of time. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. It is recommended that fouled membranes be cleaned prior to shut-down and preservation. Please refer to RO /NF supplier manual for membrane cleaning and system shutdown procedures. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time. Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with the permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water - Number and timing of application: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.3.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — Prior to taking the membranes back on-line, flush carefully the elements with permeate water in order to eliminate all the residual biocidal product. 4.3.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the whole system, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.3.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.3.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.3.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.4. Use description Table 4 Preservation of paints and coatings Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of paints and coatings (including electrodeposition) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in coatings applied by an electrodeposition process and associated rinse systems and in water-based paints and coatings in storage containers before use. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.4.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. 4.4.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (Mixing and Loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 to be added in paints used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.4.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.4.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.4.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.5. Use description Table 5 Preservation of detergents and household products Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of detergents (washing and cleaning fluids) and household products. The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in detergents and cleaning fluids (i.e. hard surface cleaners (all-purpose cleaners), hand dish washing products, fabric softeners, laundry detergents), products used for car care, floor care, waxes, hard surface cleaners, pre-moistened sponges or mops, and the surfactants used in these types of products. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional and general public uses: 6-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Institutional and Household products: (detergents, cleaners, softeners, etc.) Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional and general public uses: 6-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.5.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. 4.5.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 to be added in detergents and household products used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.5.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.5.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.5.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.6. Use description Table 6 Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - Curative treatment Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria in textile additives (woven and non-woven, natural and synthetic including silicone emulsions) processing chemicals, all chemicals used in the leather process industry and paper additives (e.g. water pigment pastes, starch, natural gums, synthetic and natural latexes, sizing agents, coating binders, retention aids, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, wet-strength resins) used in paper mills. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Curative treatment: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product Contact time: 24 hours For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.6.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.6.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.6.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.6.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.6.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.7. Use description Table 7 Preservation of glues and adhesives Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of glues and adhesives The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in water-soluble and water-dispersed synthetic and natural adhesives and tackifiers in storage containers before use Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.7.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.7.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of glues and adhesives being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.7.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.7.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.7.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.8. Use description Table 8 Preservation of polymer lattices Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of polymer latexes The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in the manufacture, storage, and transport of latexes, synthetic polymers including Hydrolysed Poly Acryl Amide (HPAM) and biopolymers (e.g. xanthan, dextran..) natural latexes. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.8.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.8.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of polymer lattices being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.8.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.8.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.8.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.9. Use description Table 9 Preservation of biocides and fertilizers Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of biocides and fertilizers The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in fertilizers and biocidal products. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.9.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.9.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1 and 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of biocides and fertilizers being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.9.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.9.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.9.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.10. Use description Table 10 Preservation of mineral slurries Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of mineral slurries The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in aqueous-based inorganic/mineral slurries and inorganic pigments which are formulated into paints, coatings and paper. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.10.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.10.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of mineral slurries being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.10.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.10.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.10.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.11. Use description Table 11 Preservation of building products applied indoor only Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of building (construction) products (including sealants, caulks, plasters etc.) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in building (construction) products (sealants, caulks, biopolymers, plasters, fillers, admixtures concrete additives, joints compounds,..). Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.11.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.11.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — This use is restricted to the preservation of building material applied indoor only. — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of building products being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.11.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.11.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.11.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.12. Use description Table 12 Preservation of electronic chemicals – Curative treatment Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of electronic chemicals The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria, yeasts and fungi in electronic chemicals as Chemical Mechanical Polishing (CMP) silica slurries. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 10-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses Curative treatment: 10-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. Contact time: 7 days For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.12.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.12.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 3 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of electronic chemicals being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.12.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.12.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.12.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.13. Use description Table 13 Preservation of inks Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of inks The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in inks and ink components (printing inks lithographic, photographic, ink-jet fluids, water based dampening or fountain solutions inks used for textile printing). The biocidal product inhibits the growth of microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odour formation, viscosity alteration, product discolouration and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.13.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.13.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of inks being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.13.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.13.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.13.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.14. Use description Table 14 Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives) Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in functional fluids such as brake and hydraulic fluids, antifreeze additives, corrosion inhibitors, spinning fluids. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.14.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.14.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc…) being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.14.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.14.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.14.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.15. Use description Table 15 Preservation of laboratory reagents Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of laboratory reagents . The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in laboratory reagents. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 1 L — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.15.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.15.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of laboratory reagents being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.15.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.15.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.15.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.16. Use description Table 16 Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria of reverse osmosis and nanofiltration membranes producing industrial water for extended periods of time. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to ensure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time. Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1). - Number and timing of application: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1). Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.16.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. 4.16.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures Rinse the system with water prior to perform the maintenance of the system. — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.16.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.16.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.16.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.17. Use description Table 17 Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems (Closed re-circulating cooling water systems comprise compressor cooling, air conditioning chilled water, boilers, engine jacket cooling, power supply cooling, and other industrial processes). The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobes and anaerobes bacteria, yeast, fungi, and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours - against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours.- against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative efficacy: — against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours Preventive efficacy: against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.17.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.17.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.17.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.17.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.17.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.18. Use description Table 18 Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria) Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems (blowdown and recirculating flow rates, as well as total volume of water limited to 2 m3/h, and 100 m3/h and 300 m3 respectively) Process and cooling water: Used to control the growth of bacteria, algae, fungi and biofilm Application method(s) Method: open system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. . Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water , - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against fungi (including yeast) at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: - Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: — Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. — against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive treatment: — against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.18.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.18.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Cooling fluid must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. — The product can only be used when the cooling towers are equipped with drift eliminators that reduce the drift at least by 99%. 4.18.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.18.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.18.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.19. Use description Table 19 Preservation of liquids used in pasteurizers, conveyor belts and air washers Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria) Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in non-food pasteurizers and conveyor belts, air washers. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). The feeding pipe is used to dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: -against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. — against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive treatment: — Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.19.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. Air washers: For use only in industrial air-washer systems that maintain effective mist eliminating components. 4.19.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.19.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.19.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.19.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.20. Use description Table 20 Preservation of wood treatment solutions Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: fungi Common name: other Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of wood treatment solutions for application on wood of classes 1, 2 and 3 only. The biocidal product is used as a preservative for aqueous wood preservative treatment solution during the wet-state process used in timber treatment solutions. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.20.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. — The biocidal product is not intended to function as a wood preservative against wood destroying fungus relative to product type 8. 4.20.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning phases, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The product shall not be used in a wood treatment solution to be applied to wood which may come in direct contact with food, feeding stuff and livestock animals — The product can be used to preserve wood treatment solutions for the treatment of wood in use classes 1, 2 and 3 only. — The product can be used in a wood treatment solution where the industrial application processes of wood treatment can be carried out within a contained area situated on impermeable hard standing with bunding to prevent run-off and a recovery system in place (e.g. sump). — The product can be used in wood treatment solutions for the preservation of freshly treated timber, which after treatment is stored under shelter or on impermeable hard standing, or both, to prevent direct losses to soil, sewer or water. Any losses of wood treatment solution shall be collected for reuse or disposal. — The product can be used only in wood treatment solutions for industrial application if these cannot be released to soil, ground- and surface water or any kind of sewer and the wood treatment solutions and/or the product are collected and reused or disposed of as hazardous waste. — The biocidal product can be used only in wood treatment solutions used for the treatment of objects or materials which are stored until completely dried on impermeable ground and under roof, to avoid leakage into the soil. 4.20.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.20.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.20.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.21. Use description Table 21 Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile and fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile, fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal products are used for the preservation of textile and spinning fluids, photo processing solutions, leather process (e.g. washing and soaking treatment stages) and printing fountain solutions to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination in the bulk solution. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing.The preservation of all end-products is performed in most cases highly automated by industrial usersThe biocidal product is added to the central sump, basin or recirculating lines in an area with adequate mixing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid Contact time 5 days Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.21.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.21.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Liquids used in textile and fiber processing fluids must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. — Recirculating liquids in photoprocessing systems and fountain solution systems must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. 4.21.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.21.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.21.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.22. Use description Table 22. Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems. The biocidal product is used for preservation of fluids in pre- treatment processes (Cleaning treatment for grease removal and soil, degreasing Phosphating process, Rinse off tanks) paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems (e.g. cataphoretic baths) applied in Car Refinishing and Original equipment Car Manufacturing to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination from bacteria and fungi in the bulk solution. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product. - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product. The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.22.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.22.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.22.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.22.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.22.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.23. Use description Table 23 Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (anaerobes and aerobes (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework. Pre-commission biocide flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. Closed recirculating heating systems: pre-commission biocidal product flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, fungi and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems. Closed systems are less susceptible to corrosion, scaling and biological fouling than open systems. However microbial problems can occur, if the system is left filled and untreated. This is due to the presence of nitrite and glycols used as nutrients by microbes. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing. The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit the evaporation of the biocidal product. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment - against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) - against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Preventive treatment - against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: — against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 24 hours — against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours Preventive treatment — against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water and against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.23.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.23.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.23.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.23.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.23.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.24. Use description Table 24 Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.) Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use outdoor use Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.) Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.24.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.24.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.24.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.24.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.24.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.25. Use description Table 25 Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper. Recycling paper /deinking paper mills. Deinking process is a manufacturing paper process of removing printing inks from waste paper-fibers to produce deinked pulp. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product is automatically dosed by pump and fixed pipes into the circuit, usually in the pulper below the water level. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated Contact time: 24 hours Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.25.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.25.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.25.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.25.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.25.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.26. Use description Table 26 Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of paper manufacturing process Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process (paper mills, wet-end stage (water circuits), and paper mills process system). Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated Contact time: 24 hours Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.26.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.26.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The use of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) containing products for the slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process is restricted to (a) curative treatments in plants connected to a slimicide-free water from a pulp mill and only for the treatment of the short circulation of the paper mill; and (b) preventive treatments, and, for both cases, only if the factory’s waste water is purified in an on-site (full) industrial sewage treatment plant with a minimal capacity of 5 000 m 3 per day as described in the Industrial Emission Directive 2010/75/EU (Best Available Techniques for the production of pulp, paper and board) and if a dilution of at least 200 times in surface water is achieved after the industrial sewage treatment plant. 4.26.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.26.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.26.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.27. Use description Table 27 Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing.Biocidal product application on a routine basis will prevent biofilm growth on Reverse Osmosis or Nano Filtration membrane surfaces, feed spacer, filter media and pipework. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the feed water at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.27.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.27.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. 4.27.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.27.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.27.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.28. Use description Table 28 Products to control microbial deterioration in fluids used for working or cutting metal, glass or other materials Product type PT13: Working or cutting fluid preservatives Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Products to control microbial deterioration in fluids used for working or cutting metal, glass or other materials The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and fungi in fluids used for metalworking fluids (cutting, grinding, rolling, drawing, etc.) metal surface treatment (aqueous multipurpose and de-watering rust cleaner fluids, etc.) and cutting fluids for glass or other materials. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. Preventive treatment: When control is obtained, adding 10 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. Contact time: 24h Preventive treatment: When control is obtained, adding 10 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid to be treated. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.28.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.28.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.28.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.28.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.28.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 5. GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF THE META SPC 3 5.1. Instructions for use — The duration of the effect is dependent on the performance requirements of the customer for their preserved material and on the specific ingredients composition and pH of the preserved product. — Always read the label or leaflet before use and follow all the instructions provided. — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.) PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORT: Keep in a well-ventilated place. The product as supplied may evolve gas (largely carbon dioxide) slowly. To prevent the buildup of pressure the product is packaged in specially vented containers, where necessary. Keep this product in the original container when not in use. Container must be stored and transported in an upright position to prevent spilling the contents through the vent, where fitted. 5.2. Risk mitigation measures - 5.3. Particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment — Skin contact: Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash contaminated skin with water. Contact poison treatment specialist if symptoms occur. — Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Check for and remove any contact lenses if easy to do. Continue to rinse with tepid water for at least 30 minutes. Call 112/ambulance for medical assistance. — Ingestion: Wash out mouth with water. Contact poison treatment specialist. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been ingested. Do not give fluids or induce vomiting. — Inhalation (of spray mist): Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been inhaled. — In case of impaired consciousness place in recovery position and seek medical advice immediately. — Keep the container or label available. 5.4. Instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging — Do not discharge unused product on the ground, into water courses, into pipes (e.g. sink, toilets) nor down the drains. — Dispose of unused product, its packaging and all other waste, in accordance with local regulations. 5.5. Conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place, in the original container. Shelf-life: 12 months Protect from sunlight. Recommendation: If a metal packaging is used, a varnish layer should be applied. 6. OTHER INFORMATION - 7. THIRD INFORMATION LEVEL: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS IN THE META SPC 3 7.1. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ CF 400 Biocide Market area: EU Dab 4228 Market area: EU BAL 400BI Market area: EU Biocide 400 Market area: EU Biotech 400 Market area: EU Biocide KT400 Market area: EU BioCheck KT400 Market area: EU KT400 Market area: EU C 412 TT Market area: EU Dab 4228 Market area: EU Deep Bio® 400 Market area: EU Ecosafe Bio 400 Market area: EU Filtralga ME Market area: EU Filtralga 9550 Market area: EU PH-SB400 Market area: EU Helamin BZ9550 Market area: EU Isotreat 400 Market area: EU OS Isobio4 Market area: EU Odysside B 330 Market area: EU Relvamine BIOC Market area: EU Sayvol Bio LP400 Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0004 1-3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 5,9 % (w/w) 7.2. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™CF 210 BIOCIDE Market area: EU BAL 210BI Market area: EU BioCheck KT210 Market area: EU Biocide KT210 Market area: EU Biocide 210 Market area: EU Biotech 210 Market area: EU B203-210 Market area: EU Deep Bio® 210 Market area: EU Ecosafe Bio 210 Market area: EU Filtralga ME-15 Market area: EU KT210 Market area: EU Isotreat 210 Market area: EU MIRECIDE-M/86 Market area: EU MK3203 Market area: EU MK3094 Market area: EU MK3394 Market area: EU OS Isobio 210 Market area: EU Odysside B 330M Market area: EU PH-SB210 Market area: EU STENCO B-85 Market area: EU Sayvol Bio LP210 Market area: EU TECNA 520 Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0005 1-3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 3,2 % (w/w) 7.3. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™WT 210 BIOCIDE Market area: EU A-CID SA Market area: EU ADUR 166 Market area: EU ALG 200 Market area: EU Biocide BALK 20 Market area: EU Biocide KT210WT Market area: EU France Algue 242 Market area: EU KL60 TA21 Market area: EU KT210WT Market area: EU MK3094 Market area: EU MK3394 Market area: EU MK3203 Market area: EU B203-210WT Market area: EU Biocide 210WT Market area: EU Biotech 210WT Market area: EU Deep Bio® 210WT Market area: EU Ecosafe Bio 210WT Market area: EU OS Isobio 210WT Market area: EU PH-SB210WT Market area: EU Sayvol Bio LP210WT Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0006 1-3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 3,2 % (w/w) 7.4. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ WTE BIOCIDE Market area: EU KATHON™ WTE Market area: EU KATHON™ LXE BIOCIDE Market area: EU KATHON™ LXE Market area: EU KATHON™ MWE BIOCIDE Market area: EU Bansan 150 Market area: EU Biocide KT200LX Market area: EU Biocide KT200WT Market area: EU Biocide KT200MW Market area: EU Biocide 515WTE Market area: EU Biocide 515 MW Market area: EU Biotech 103WTE Market area: EU BioCheck WTE Market area: EU BioCheck KT MW Market area: EU Biocheck WB Market area: EU Biocheck 3103 Market area: EU Biotech 103MW Market area: EU BIOMATE SAN9363 Market area: EU BIO 417 Market area: EU B203WTE Market area: EU B203MW Market area: EU C 412 TTE Market area: EU Deep Bio® 20MW Market area: EU Deep Bio® 20WTE Market area: EU Ecosafe Bio WTE Market area: EU Ecosafe Bio MW Market area: EU Hydrex™ 7310 Market area: EU Isotreat WTE Market area: EU KT200LX Market area: EU KT200WT Market area: EU KT200MW Market area: EU MIRECIDE-M/87 Market area: EU Novocide 10 C Market area: EU OBBIO210 Market area: EU OS Isobio 1.5WTE Market area: EU Pastosept K Market area: EU PH-SB102WTE Market area: EU PH-SB102MW Market area: EU PS 2175 Market area: EU SAN ADDITIVE Market area: EU SANY POOL Market area: EU Sayvol Bio WTE Market area: EU Sayvol Bio LP MW Market area: EU Wacozid 3150 Market area: EU OS Isobio 1.5MW Market area: EU BAC-S Market area: EU Biocide BAL GX Market area: EU Biocide BAL P10 Market area: EU Biocide BALK 10 Market area: EU biocil-I Market area: EU BIOMATE MBC781 Market area: EU France Algue 222 Market area: EU GEWA B 352 Market area: EU HCT-B-71 Market area: EU O’RIZON 415 Market area: EU rascal-B-71 Market area: EU WANSON W23L Market area: EU watERTreat BIO253 B Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0007 1-3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,3 % (w/w) 7.5. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ CF 150 Biocide Market area: EU KATHON™ CF-150 Biocide Market area: EU KATHON™ CF-150 Market area: EU AAHS BI Market area: EU ACN Green Line 802 Market area: EU AQ 616 Market area: EU AQF 415 Market area: EU AQUATREAT 415 Market area: EU ATN JB48 Market area: EU BAL 200BI Market area: EU Bewacid B 728 Market area: EU Biocheck WB CF Market area: EU Biocheck 3103 CF Market area: EU Biocide 515 Market area: EU Biocide KT200 Market area: EU BioCheck KT Market area: EU BIOCONTROL 5 Market area: EU BIOMATE MBC781E Market area: EU BiopleX TZ 150 Market area: EU Bio-Safe KT200 Market area: EU Biotech 103 Market area: EU B203 Market area: EU BW 415 Market area: EU BS4005A Market area: EU Busan 1078 Market area: EU Butrol 1078 Market area: EU Bulab 8862 Market area: EU Bulab 6057 Market area: EU Carillion ITA Market area: EU Certi-KT200 Market area: EU CH32 Market area: EU ComChem Bio ITA Market area: EU Dab 448 Market area: EU Deep Bio® 20 Market area: EU DIABICIDE 90 A Market area: EU DIPOLIQUE 156 Market area: EU Ecoral 1015 Market area: EU Ecosafe Bio WT Market area: EU Ekobio-5 Market area: EU ES515 Market area: EU FINEALGUA ME Market area: EU GE32 Market area: EU Hydrex™ 7943 Market area: EU HCS B32 Market area: EU In-Boi Market area: EU Isocil® Ultra 1.5 Market area: EU Isotreat Market area: EU IWT KT200 Market area: EU KT200 Market area: EU Lubron BD 100 Market area: EU Lubron BD 110 Market area: EU Lubron BD 120 Market area: EU MB 215 Market area: EU Mikrobizid M 24 Market area: EU MIRECIDE-KW/600 Market area: EU MIRECIDE-KW/600.X Market area: EU Novocide 10 Market area: EU Novo Cide 10 Market area: EU NW515 Market area: EU OS Isobio 1.5 Market area: EU PA32 Market area: EU PH-SB102 Market area: EU PS 2176 Market area: EU QUIPROISO LG Market area: EU RAL200 Market area: EU Relcide 310 Market area: EU Sayvol Bio LP Market area: EU ST202 Market area: EU Starcide Ultra 1.5 Market area: EU Swiftclean BI Market area: EU UPINZOL -10 Market area: EU Wacozid 3150 Market area: EU Wacozid 3150 CF Market area: EU Watercare WHM KT200 Market area: EU “hygel“ KW 60 B Market area: EU BioCheck KT200 Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0008 1-3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,3 % (w/w) 7.6. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ CG/ICP Biocide Market area: EU KATHON™ CG-ICP Market area: EU KATHON™ CG/ICP Preservative Market area: EU KATHON™ MK Biocide Market area: EU Biocide KT200ICP Market area: EU Biogat CG ICP Market area: EU Isocil® HP 1.5 Market area: EU MIRECIDE-KW/24 Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0009 1-3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,2 % (w/w) 7.7. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ CG/ICPII Biocide Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0010 1-3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,2 % (w/w) 7.8. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ CL 150 Biocide Market area: EU SPECTRUS NX1164 Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0011 1-3 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,2 % (w/w) 1. META SPC 4 ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION 1.1. Meta SPC 4 identifier Identifier Meta SPC: meta-SPC 4 KATHON 1.5-3.5 Na 1.2. Suffix to the authorisation number Number 1-4 1.3. Product type(s) Product type(s) PT02: Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals PT04: Food and feed area PT06: Preservatives for products during storage PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems PT12: Slimicides 2. META SPC 4 COMPOSITION 2.1. Qualitative and quantitative information on the composition of the meta SPC 4 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,2 - 5,1 % (w/w) 2.2. Type(s) of formulation of the meta SPC 4 Formulation type(s) AL Any other liquid 3. HAZARD AND PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS OF THE META SPC 4 Hazard statements H332: Harmful if inhaled. H314: Causes severe skin burns and eye damage. H317: May cause an allergic skin reaction. H410: Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects. H302: Harmful if swallowed. EUH071: Corrosive to the respiratory tract. Precautionary statements P260: Do not breathe fume. P264: Wash skin thoroughly after handling. P270: Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product. P272: Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace. P273: Avoid release to the environment. P280: Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/ face protection/ hearing protection . P362+P364: Take off contaminated clothing and wash it before reuse. P333+P313: If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice. P301+P330+P331: IF SWALLOWED: rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting. P303+P361+P353: IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water [or shower]. P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing. P310: Immediately call a POISON CENTER/ doctor . P305+P351+P338: IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P391: Collect spillage. P405: Store locked up. P301+P312: IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER/ doctor if you feel unwell. 4. AUTHORISED USE(S) OF THE META SPC 4.1. Use description Table 1 Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems. Product type PT02: Disinfectants and algaecides not intended for direct application to humans or animals Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: algae Development stage: no data Field(s) of use outdoor use Preservation of sump water in air conditioning and air washer systems. Air conditioning systems and in air washer systems to preserve the sump water. Air washer systems are used extensively in textile factories and in the tobacco industry to scrub or clean the air and for fine control of temperature and humidity. Application method(s) Method: Open and closed Systems Detailed description: Automatic and Manual Dosing The biocidal product is typically added in a central chilled water sump which supplies several air washers. The loading process may be conducted either manually or by automation. In the automated process, the biocide is metered directly into the sump from a holding tank or other type of bulk container by a dosimeter (pump). The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi. When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated - Number and timing of application: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 5 to 14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Litre of water to be treated, as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Contact time of 1 hour. Preventive application: algae When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 3 to 5 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of water to be treated. Regardless of the manner of treatment, the total concentration of the active ingredient C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in the system should not exceed 14,9 mg/L in the sump water. Preliminary steps prior to addition: The biocidal product is automatically dosed to the system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of the biocidal product into the dosing systems. Application Frequency: Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.1.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice. 4.1.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.1.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.1.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.1.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.2. Use description Table 2 Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers Product type PT04: Food and feed area Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of fluids in conveyor belts and pasteurisers The biocidal product is used for the preservation of process fluids in pasteurisers and conveyor belts used in food industry. The biocidal product is used in these systems to either control or kill bacteria and fungi. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Automated dosing The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative application: Bacteria, yeasts and fungi When the system is noticeably fouled, apply 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated as post treatment after a shock dose of minimum 0,3 ppm of free chlorine. Contact time of 1 hour. Preventive application: Bacteria: When control is obtained, add a continuous or semi continuous feed of 2,5 to 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of water to be treated. Preliminary steps prior to addition: The biocidal product is automatically dosed to system. Manual handling is necessary for the loading of containers containing the biocidal product into the dosing systems. Application Frequency: Nominally every 2 to 3 days or as needed to obtain control. Repeat until fouling is reduced to an acceptable level for controlling the microbial growth. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.2.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — The CMIT/MIT biocidal products are used after a shock dose of free chlorine in this application as standard industry practice. 4.2.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.2.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.2.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.2.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.3. Use description Table 3 Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water Product type PT04: Food and feed area Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Long term offline preservation of reverse osmosis membranes used in potable water The C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal product is recommended for controlling biological growth in off-line trains reverse osmosis membranes producing potable water for extended periods of time. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. It is recommended that fouled membranes be cleaned prior to shut-down and preservation. Please refer to RO /NF supplier manual for membrane cleaning and system shutdown procedures. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time. Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with the permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water - Number and timing of application: 7,5 -20 g of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1)/ m3 of water Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.3.1. Use-specific instructions for use — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.). — Prior to taking the membranes back on-line, flush carefully the elements with permeate water in order to eliminate all the residual biocidal product. 4.3.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During mixing and loading and cleaning of the whole system, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.3.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.3.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.3.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.4. Use description Table 4 Preservation of paints and coatings Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of paints and coatings (including electrodeposition) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in coatings applied by an electrodeposition process and associated rinse systems and in water-based paints and coatings in storage containers before use. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional paints and general public paints: 7,5-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.4.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. 4.4.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (Mixing and Loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal concentration of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 to be added in paints used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.4.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.4.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.4.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.5. Use description Table 5 Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - Curative treatment Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production - The biocidal product is used to reduce contamination by bacteria in textile additives (woven and non-woven, natural and synthetic including silicone emulsions) processing chemicals, all chemicals used in the leather process industry and paper additives (e.g. water pigment pastes, starch, natural gums, synthetic and natural latexes, sizing agents, coating binders, retention aids, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, wet-strength resins) used in paper mills. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Curative treatment: 16 to 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product Contact time: 24 hours For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.5.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.5.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of fluids used in paper, textile and leather production being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.5.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.5.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.5.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.6. Use description Table 6 Preservation of glues and adhesives Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of glues and adhesives The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in water-soluble and water-dispersed synthetic and natural adhesives and tackifiers in storage containers before use Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 8-30 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. General public uses: 8-14,9 mg/kg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.6.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.6.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of glues and adhesives being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.6.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.6.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.6.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.7. Use description Table 7 Preservation of polymer lattices Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of polymer latexes The biocidal product is recommended for the control of bacteria, yeast and fungi in the manufacture, storage, and transport of latexes, synthetic polymers including Hydrolysed Poly Acryl Amide (HPAM) and biopolymers (e.g. xanthan, dextran..) natural latexes. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. To ensure uniform distribution, slowly disperse using automated metering or manual addition, into product with agitation. Mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed throughout the product. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses 14,9 - 50 mg /kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.7.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.7.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of polymer lattices being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.7.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.7.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.7.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.8. Use description Table 8 Preservation of mineral slurries Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of mineral slurries The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in aqueous-based inorganic/mineral slurries and inorganic pigments which are formulated into paints, coatings and paper. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated application. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 10- 30 mg/kg of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) in final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.8.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.8.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of mineral slurries being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.8.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.8.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.8.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.9. Use description Table 9 Preservation of building products applied indoor only Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of building (construction) products (including sealants, caulks, plasters etc.) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in building (construction) products (sealants, caulks, biopolymers, plasters, fillers, admixtures concrete additives, joints compounds,..). Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products; Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at typical use rate between 16,2-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product to be treated. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.9.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.9.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — This use is restricted to the preservation of building material applied indoor only. — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of building products being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.9.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.9.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.9.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.10. Use description Table 10 Preservation of inks Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of inks The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in inks and ink components (printing inks lithographic, photographic, ink-jet fluids, water based dampening or fountain solutions inks used for textile printing). The biocidal product inhibits the growth of microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odour formation, viscosity alteration, product discolouration and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: 6-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. General public uses: 6-14,9 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) /kg final product. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.10.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed to professional users and to the general public. For products distributed to the general public the maximal concentration used must be below the threshold value of 15 ppm. 4.10.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of inks being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.10.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.10.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.10.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.11. Use description Table 11 Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives) Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc. - excluding fuel additives) The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria in functional fluids such as brake and hydraulic fluids, antifreeze additives, corrosion inhibitors, spinning fluids. The biocidal product inhibits the growth microorganisms, which would otherwise lead to odours formation, viscosity alteration, discolouration of product and premature product failure. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at time of manufacturing, storage or shipment. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional uses: Add at a typical use rate between 6 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.11.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.11.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases of products from Meta SPC 1, 2, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The maximal products concentration used for the preservation of functional fluids (hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, corrosion inhibitors, etc…) being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.11.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.11.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.11.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.12. Use description Table 12 Preservation of laboratory reagents Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of laboratory reagents . The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria and yeasts in laboratory reagents. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the end use fluid at a point to ensure adequate mixing using preferably automated metering pump or by manual addition. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. - Number and timing of application: The biocidal product is added at single dose at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Slowly dispense using automated metering or manually. Mix thoroughly until the biocidal product is evenly dispersed. Industrial uses: 1,5 - 14,5 % C(M)IT/MIT in the biocidal products. Professional use: Add at typical use rate of 15,2 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per kg final product to be treated. For the biocidal product as supplied: for industrial use only. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 1 L — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.12.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. — The biocidal product shall be used for treatment of products (articles/mixtures) distributed only to professional users. 4.12.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. For professional users, the maximal products concentration used for the preservation of laboratory reagents being above the threshold value of 15 ppm, exposure has to be limited by use of PPE, protecting skin and mucous membranes potentially exposed, and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases; — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. 4.12.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.12.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.12.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.13. Use description Table 13 Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes Product type PT06: Preservatives for products during storage Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Offline preservation of industrial reverse osmosis membranes The biocidal product is recommended to control the growth of bacteria of reverse osmosis and nanofiltration membranes producing industrial water for extended periods of time. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product should be dispensed as a tankside additive into the circulating use-dilution of the fluid, using a metering pump or by manual pouring, at a point to ensure adequate mixing throughout the system. After complete filling of the trains RO/NF systems with the biocide solution, pumps are stopped (Off line treatment) for extended periods of time. Typically C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) solutions are prepared in the CIP (cleaning in place) tank and added via the dosing system. Dilution with permeate water or high quality water is recommended for the preparation of the biocide solution. Membranes should be soaked in the biocide solution during the shut-down period. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1). - Number and timing of application: 7,5–20 g/m3 (ppm w/v) of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1). Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.13.1. Use-specific instructions for use — The preservative can be added at any stage of the production of the product. — Earliest possible addition is recommended for optimal protection. — Consult the manufacturer to determine the optimal dosage for the various products to be preserved. — It is recommended that the optimum biocide concentration and compatibility with individual formulations is determined by means of laboratory tests. — The duration and storage conditions of the preserved matrices may impact the efficacy of the product, microbiological tests should be conducted to determine the appropriate application rate without exceeding the maximum authorised application rate. 4.13.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures Rinse the system with water prior to perform the maintenance of the system. — During handling phases for products from Meta SPC 1, 3 and 4 (mixing and loading), exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer products) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.13.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.13.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.13.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.14. Use description Table 14 Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating cooling systems (Closed re-circulating cooling water systems comprise compressor cooling, air conditioning chilled water, boilers, engine jacket cooling, power supply cooling, and other industrial processes). The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobes and anaerobes bacteria, yeast, fungi, and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours - against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours.- against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive efficacy:- against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative efficacy: — against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm: 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against fungi and yeasts at 1 – 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 48 hours Preventive efficacy: against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. against biofilm (including L. pneumophila): 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.14.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.14.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.14.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.14.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.14.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.15. Use description Table 15 Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria) Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in small open recirculating cooling systems (blowdown and recirculating flow rates, as well as total volume of water limited to 2 m3/h, and 100 m3/h and 300 m3 respectively) Process and cooling water: Used to control the growth of bacteria, algae, fungi and biofilm Application method(s) Method: open system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. . Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water , - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against fungi (including yeast) at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: - Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: — Against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 5 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. — against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive treatment: — against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.15.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.15.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Cooling fluid must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. — The product can only be used when the cooling towers are equipped with drift eliminators that reduce the drift at least by 99%. 4.15.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.15.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.15.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.16. Use description Table 16 Preservation of liquids used in pasteurizers, conveyor belts and air washers Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Algae (green algae and cyanobacteria) Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in non-food pasteurizers and conveyor belts, air washers. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing (e.g. collecting sump below the conveyor belt). The feeding pipe is used to dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit its evaporation. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: -against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Preventive treatment: Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water, against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: against bacteria (including L. pneumophila): 5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 1,5 - 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. — against fungi and yeast at 1 – 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours. Preventive treatment: — Against bacteria, green algae and cyanobacteria at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. — against biofilm (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.16.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. Air washers: For use only in industrial air-washer systems that maintain effective mist eliminating components. 4.16.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.16.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.16.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.16.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.17. Use description Table 17 Preservation of wood treatment solutions Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: fungi Common name: other Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of wood treatment solutions for application on wood of classes 1, 2 and 3 only. The biocidal product is used as a preservative for aqueous wood preservative treatment solution during the wet-state process used in timber treatment solutions. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: against fungi: 15 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of in use wood preservation solution Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.17.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. — The biocidal product is not intended to function as a wood preservative against wood destroying fungus relative to product type 8. 4.17.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning phases, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The product shall not be used in a wood treatment solution to be applied to wood which may come in direct contact with food, feeding stuff and livestock animals — The product can be used to preserve wood treatment solutions for the treatment of wood in use classes 1, 2 and 3 only. — The product can be used in a wood treatment solution where the industrial application processes of wood treatment can be carried out within a contained area situated on impermeable hard standing with bunding to prevent run-off and a recovery system in place (e.g. sump). — The product can be used in wood treatment solutions for the preservation of freshly treated timber, which after treatment is stored under shelter or on impermeable hard standing, or both, to prevent direct losses to soil, sewer or water. Any losses of wood treatment solution shall be collected for reuse or disposal. — The product can be used only in wood treatment solutions for industrial application if these cannot be released to soil, ground- and surface water or any kind of sewer and the wood treatment solutions and/or the product are collected and reused or disposed of as hazardous waste. — The biocidal product can be used only in wood treatment solutions used for the treatment of objects or materials which are stored until completely dried on impermeable ground and under roof, to avoid leakage into the soil. 4.17.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.17.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.17.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.18. Use description Table 18 Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile and fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of recirculating fluids used in textile, fiber processing, leather processing, photo-processing and fountain solution systems C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) biocidal products are used for the preservation of textile and spinning fluids, photo processing solutions, leather process (e.g. washing and soaking treatment stages) and printing fountain solutions to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination in the bulk solution. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing.The preservation of all end-products is performed in most cases highly automated by industrial usersThe biocidal product is added to the central sump, basin or recirculating lines in an area with adequate mixing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: Against bacteria at 16-30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per L of fluid Contact time 5 days Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.18.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.18.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Liquids used in textile and fiber processing fluids must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. — Recirculating liquids in photoprocessing systems and fountain solution systems must not enter surface water directly. Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. 4.18.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.18.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.18.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.19. Use description Table 19 Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preservation of re-circulating liquids used in paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems. The biocidal product is used for preservation of fluids in pre- treatment processes (Cleaning treatment for grease removal and soil, degreasing Phosphating process, Rinse off tanks) paint spray booths and electrodeposition coating systems (e.g. cataphoretic baths) applied in Car Refinishing and Original equipment Car Manufacturing to control the integrity of recirculating fluid by reducing microbial contamination from bacteria and fungi in the bulk solution. Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product. - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: 7,5 to 30 mg C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per Kg final product. The biocidal product is added at the time of manufacture, storage or shipment. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.19.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.19.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.19.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.19.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.19.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.20. Use description Table 20 Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria (anaerobes and aerobes (including Legionella pneumophila) Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use outdoor use Preservation of liquids used in closed recirculating heating systems and associated pipework. Pre-commission biocide flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. Closed recirculating heating systems: pre-commission biocidal product flushing of new or existing pipework systems (heating and chilling pipework) includes used or new structural pipework built on industrial building projects. The biocidal product is used to control the growth of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, fungi and biofilm in the circulating water of closed systems. Closed systems are less susceptible to corrosion, scaling and biological fouling than open systems. However microbial problems can occur, if the system is left filled and untreated. This is due to the presence of nitrite and glycols used as nutrients by microbes. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product is dosed automatically in the heat transfer fluid, in a place of good mixing. The feeding pipe must dose the biocidal product below the water level in order to limit the evaporation of the biocidal product. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment - against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) - against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Preventive treatment - against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water - against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: — against bacteria at 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water (including L. pneumophila) Contact time: 24 hours — against biofilm at 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water Contact time: 24 hours — against fungi and yeast at 1 g C(M)IT/MIT / m3 of water Contact time: 48 hours Preventive treatment — against bacteria (including L. pneumophila) at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water and against biofilm at 3 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.20.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.20.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.20.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.20.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.20.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.21. Use description Table 21 Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.) Product type PT11: Preservatives for liquid-cooling and processing systems Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use outdoor use Preservation of polymers used in oilfield processes (e.g. enhanced oil recovery, drilling muds, etc.) Application method(s) Method: - Detailed description: - Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment of polymers used in the injection water: Xanthan polymer: 30 -50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 - 50 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Preventive treatment of polymers used in the drilling muds: Xanthan polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. HPAM polymer: 30 g C(M)IT/MIT/m3 solution. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.21.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.21.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.21.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.21.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.21.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.22. Use description Table 22 Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Slimicide treatment in the de-inking process of the pulp and paper. Recycling paper /deinking paper mills. Deinking process is a manufacturing paper process of removing printing inks from waste paper-fibers to produce deinked pulp. Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. The biocidal product is automatically dosed by pump and fixed pipes into the circuit, usually in the pulper below the water level. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated Contact time: 24 hours Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.22.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.22.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. 4.22.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.22.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.22.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.23. Use description Table 23 Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of paper manufacturing process Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: Yeasts Development stage: no data Scientific name: no data Common name: fungi Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process (paper mills, wet-end stage (water circuits), and paper mills process system). Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. - Number and timing of application: Curative treatment: 10 to 14,9 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated Contact time: 24 hours Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) / m3 of water to be treated. Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.23.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.23.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — The use of C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) containing products for the slimicide treatment in the wet-end stage of the paper manufacturing process is restricted to (a) curative treatments in plants connected to a slimicide-free water from a pulp mill and only for the treatment of the short circulation of the paper mill; and (b) preventive treatments, and, for both cases, only if the factory’s waste water is purified in an on-site (full) industrial sewage treatment plant with a minimal capacity of 5 000 m 3 per day as described in the Industrial Emission Directive 2010/75/EU (Best Available Techniques for the production of pulp, paper and board) and if a dilution of at least 200 times in surface water is achieved after the industrial sewage treatment plant. 4.23.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.23.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.23.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 4.24. Use description Table 24 Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes Product type PT12: Slimicides Where relevant, an exact description of the authorised use - Target organism(s) (including development stage) Scientific name: no data Common name: Bacteria Development stage: no data Field(s) of use indoor use Preventive treatment (biofouling control) online and after cleaning in place for industrial RO/NF membranes Application method(s) Method: closed system Detailed description: Manual and automated dosing.Biocidal product application on a routine basis will prevent biofilm growth on Reverse Osmosis or Nano Filtration membrane surfaces, feed spacer, filter media and pipework. The biocidal product should be dispensed to the feed water at a point to assure adequate mixing throughout the system. Application rate(s) and frequency Application Rate: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid - Number and timing of application: Preventive treatment: 5 g C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) per m3 of fluid Category(ies) of users industrial Pack sizes and packaging material For industrial and professional users: — HDPE flask: 5 L (nominal) — HDPE Pail / Jerrycan: 10 L, 20 L, 25 L, 30 L (nominal) — Box with HDPE liner: 20 L — HDPE Drum: 110 L, 120 L, 200 L, 260 L — HDPE IBC: 650 L, 800 L, 1 000 L, 1 250 L All products should be transport and stored in a vented room. 4.24.1. Use-specific instructions for use Microbiological tests to prove adequacy of preservation have to be undertaken by the user of C(M)IT/MIT products in order to determine the effective dose of the preservative for the specific matrix/location/system. If needed, consult the manufacturer of the preservative product. 4.24.2. Use-specific risk mitigation measures — Rinse the system (especially the dispensing pumps) with water prior to perform the cleaning step. — During handling phases (mixing and loading) and cleaning of the dispensing pumps, exposure to the product (corrosive and skin sensitizer product) has to be limited by use of PPE and application of technical and organisational RMM: — Minimisation of manual phases (process automation); — Use of a dosing device; — Regular cleaning of equipment and work area; — Avoidance of contact with contaminated tools and objects; — Good standard of general ventilation; — Training and management of staff on good practice. — PPE is as follows: — protective chemical resistant gloves (glove material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — protective coverall (at least type 3 or 4, EN 14605) which is impermeable for the biocidal product shall be worn (coverall material to be specified by the authorisation holder within the product information); — Eye protection; — Substance/task appropriate respirator if ventilation is inadequate. — Use product only in premises that are connected to a STP. 4.24.3. Where specific to the use, the particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment See general directions for use. 4.24.4. Where specific to the use, the instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging See general directions for use. 4.24.5. Where specific to the use, the conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage See general directions for use. 5. GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF THE META SPC 4 5.1. Instructions for use — The duration of the effect is dependent on the performance requirements of the customer for their preserved material and on the specific ingredients composition and pH of the preserved product. — Always read the label or leaflet before use and follow all the instructions provided. — Respect the conditions of use of the product (concentration, contact time, temperature, pH, etc.) PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORT: Keep in a well-ventilated place. The product as supplied may evolve gas (largely carbon dioxide) slowly. To prevent the buildup of pressure the product is packaged in specially vented containers, where necessary. Keep this product in the original container when not in use. Container must be stored and transported in an upright position to prevent spilling the contents through the vent, where fitted. 5.2. Risk mitigation measures - 5.3. Particulars of likely direct or indirect effects, first aid instructions and emergency measures to protect the environment — Skin contact: Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash contaminated skin with water. Contact poison treatment specialist if symptoms occur. — Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. Check for and remove any contact lenses if easy to do. Continue to rinse with tepid water for at least 30 minutes. Call 112/ambulance for medical assistance. — Ingestion: Wash out mouth with water. Contact poison treatment specialist. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been ingested. Do not give fluids or induce vomiting. — Inhalation (of spray mist): Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Seek medical advice immediately if symptoms occur and/or large quantities have been inhaled. — In case of impaired consciousness place in recovery position and seek medical advice immediately. — Keep the container or label available. 5.4. Instructions for safe disposal of the product and its packaging — Do not discharge unused product on the ground, into water courses, into pipes (e.g. sink, toilets) nor down the drains. — Dispose of unused product, its packaging and all other waste, in accordance with local regulations. 5.5. Conditions of storage and shelf-life of the product under normal conditions of storage Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities: Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place, in the original container. Shelf-life: 24 months Protect from sunlight. Recommendation: If a metal packaging is used, a varnish layer should be applied. 6. OTHER INFORMATION - 7. THIRD INFORMATION LEVEL: INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS IN THE META SPC 4 7.1. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ LX 300 BIOCIDE Market area: EU KATHON™ WT 300 Biocide Market area: EU ACQ 819 Market area: EU Biocide KT300WT Market area: EU KT300WT Market area: EU KT300LX Market area: EU SANITER 454 Market area: EU OS Isobio3 Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0012 1-4 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 4,6 % (w/w) 7.2. Trade name(s), authorisation number and specific composition of each individual product Trade name(s) KATHON™ WT 150 Biocide Market area: EU KATHON™ LX 150 BIOCIDE Market area: EU BIO 419 Market area: EU SANITER 420 Market area: EU Authorisation number EU-0025449-0013 1-4 Common name IUPAC name Function CAS number EC number Content (%) C(M)IT/MIT (3:1) Reaction mass of 5-chloro-2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one and 2-methyl-2h-isothiazol-3-one (3:1) Active substance 55965-84-9 2,3 % (w/w)

Article 1

Article 2

Article 3

Supplementary provisions

ANNEXSupplementary provisions

What to look at next